Documentation: mention bug database
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
230
231 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
232 using Trac for its bug database:
233
234 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
235
236
237 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
238 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
239 @cindex dongles
240 @cindex FTDI
241 @cindex wiggler
242 @cindex zy1000
243 @cindex printer port
244 @cindex USB Adapter
245 @cindex RTCK
246
247 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
248 an adapter .... [snip]
249
250 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
251 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
252 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
253 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
254 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
255 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
256 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
257
258
259 @section Choosing a Dongle
260
261 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
262
263 @enumerate
264 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
265 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
266 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
267 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
268 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
269 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
270 Ethernet port needed?
271 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
272 @end enumerate
273
274 @section Stand alone Systems
275
276 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
277 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
278 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
279 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
280 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
281
282 @section USB FT2232 Based
283
284 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
285 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
286 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
287 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
288 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
289 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
290
291 @itemize @bullet
292 @item @b{usbjtag}
293 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
294 @item @b{jtagkey}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
296 @item @b{jtagkey2}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
298 @item @b{oocdlink}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
300 @item @b{signalyzer}
301 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
302 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
303 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
304 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
305 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
306 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
307 disabling the Stellaris chip.
308 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
310 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
311 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
312 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
313 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
314 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
315 @item @b{flyswatter}
316 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
317 @item @b{turtelizer2}
318 @* See:
319 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
320 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
321 @item @b{comstick}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
323 @item @b{stm32stick}
324 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
325 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
326 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
327 @item @b{cortino}
328 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
329 @end itemize
330
331 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
332
333 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
334 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
335 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
336 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
337 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
338
339 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
340 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
341 (see the section on driver commands).
342
343 @itemize
344 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
345 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
346 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
347 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
348 @end itemize
349
350 @section USB JLINK based
351 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
352 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
353 AT91SAM764 internally.
354
355 @itemize @bullet
356 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
357 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
358 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
359 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
360 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
361 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
362 @end itemize
363
364 @section USB RLINK based
365 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
366
367 @itemize @bullet
368 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
369 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
370 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
371 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
372 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
373 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
374 @end itemize
375
376 @section USB Other
377 @itemize @bullet
378 @item @b{USBprog}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
380
381 @item @b{USB - Presto}
382 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
383
384 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
385 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
386
387 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
388 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
389 @end itemize
390
391 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
392
393 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
394 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
395 these on the market.
396
397 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
398 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
399 of USB-based ones.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402
403 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
405
406 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
407 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
408 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
409
410 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
412
413 @item @b{GW16402}
414 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
415
416 @item @b{Wiggler2}
417 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
418 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
419
420 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
421 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
422
423 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
424 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
425
426 @item @b{arm-jtag}
427 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
428
429 @item @b{chameleon}
430 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
431
432 @item @b{Triton}
433 @* Unknown.
434
435 @item @b{Lattice}
436 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
437 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
438
439 @item @b{flashlink}
440 @* From ST Microsystems;
441 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
442 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
443
444 @end itemize
445
446 @section Other...
447 @itemize @bullet
448
449 @item @b{ep93xx}
450 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
451
452 @item @b{at91rm9200}
453 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
454
455 @end itemize
456
457 @node About JIM-Tcl
458 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
459 @cindex JIM Tcl
460 @cindex tcl
461
462 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
463 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
464 command interpreter.
465
466 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
467 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
468 much of anything about Tcl.
469 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
470
471 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
475 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
476 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
477 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
478 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
479 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
480
481 @item @b{Missing Features}
482 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
483 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
484
485 @item @b{Scripts}
486 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
487 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
488 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
489
490 @item @b{Commands}
491 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
492 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
493 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
494 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
495
496 @item @b{Historical Note}
497 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
498
499 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
500 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
501 @end itemize
502
503 @node Running
504 @chapter Running
505 @cindex command line options
506 @cindex logfile
507 @cindex directory search
508
509 The @option{--help} option shows:
510 @verbatim
511 bash$ openocd --help
512
513 --help | -h display this help
514 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
515 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
516 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
517 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
518 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
519 --command | -c run <command>
520 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
521 @end verbatim
522
523 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
524 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
525 To specify one or more different
526 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
527
528 @example
529 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
530 @end example
531
532 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
533 @enumerate
534 @item the current directory,
535 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
536 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
537 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
538 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
539 @end enumerate
540 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
541
542 @section Simple setup, no customization
543
544 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
545 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
546 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
547 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
548 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
549
550 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
551 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
552 the server like:
553
554 @example
555 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
556 @end example
557
558 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
559 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
560 If all goes well you'll see output something like
561
562 @example
563 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
564 For bug reports, read
565 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
566 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
567 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
568 @end example
569
570 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
571 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
572 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
573
574 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
575
576 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
577 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
578 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
579 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
580 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
581 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
582 ensure that this always succeeds.
583 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
584 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
585 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
586 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
587
588 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
589 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
590 those channels.
591
592 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
593 the @option{-d} option.
594
595 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
596 @option{-c} command line switch.
597
598 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
599 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
600 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
601 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
602 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
603 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
604 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
605
606 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
607 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
608
609 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
610
611 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
612 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
613 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
614 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
615
616 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
617 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
618
619 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
620 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
621 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
622 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
623 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
624 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
625 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
626
627 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
628
629 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
630 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
631 and a USB cable on the other.
632 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
633 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
634
635 @enumerate
636 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
637 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
638 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
639 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
640 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
641 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
642 debugging host.
643
644 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
645 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
646 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
647 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
648 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
649
650 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
651 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
652 with 1.2 Volt boards.
653
654 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
655 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
656 ways to connect the cable.
657 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
658 Be sure it's firmly connected.
659
660 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
661 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
662 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
663 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
664 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
665 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
666 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
667 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
668
669 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
670 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
671 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
672 but are tedious to set up.
673 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
674 adapter signals to the right board pins.
675
676 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
677 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
678 you are using to run OpenOCD.
679 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
680
681 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
682 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
683 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
684
685 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
686 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
687 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
688
689 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
690 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
691 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
692 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
693
694 @end enumerate
695
696 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
697 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
698 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
699
700 @section Project Directory
701
702 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
703
704 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
705 single directory for your work with a given board.
706 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
707 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
708 files accessed through semihosting,
709 and for code you upload to the target board.
710 It is also the natural place to write files,
711 such as log files and data you download from the board.
712
713 @section Configuration Basics
714
715 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
716 a variety of ways you can mix them.
717 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
718
719 @itemize
720 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
721 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
722 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
723 @end itemize
724
725 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
726 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
727 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
728
729 @example
730 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
731
732 # GDB can also flash my flash!
733 gdb_memory_map enable
734 gdb_flash_program enable
735
736 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
737 @end example
738
739 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
740
741 @example
742 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
743 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
744 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
745 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
746 @end example
747
748 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
749 each supporting a different development task.
750 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
751 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
752
753 @quotation Important
754 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
755 problems with how it treats variables.
756 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
757 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
758 that can be tested in a later script.
759 @end quotation
760
761 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
762 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
763 to simplify your work.
764
765 @section User Config Files
766 @cindex config file, user
767 @cindex user config file
768 @cindex config file, overview
769
770 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
771 in one place.
772 One of the following will match your situation best:
773
774 @itemize
775 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
776 provided by someone else.
777 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
778 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
779 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
780 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
781 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
782 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
783
784 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
785 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
786
787 @enumerate
788 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
789 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
790 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
791 @end enumerate
792
793 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
794 The first is an interface config file.
795 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
796 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
797 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
798 meet your deadline:
799
800 @example
801 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
802 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
803 @end example
804
805 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
806 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
807 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
808 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
809
810 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
811 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
812 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
813 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
814 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
815 @xref{Autoprobing}.
816
817 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
818 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
819 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
820 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
821
822 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
823 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
824 giving access to your particular flash chips.
825 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
826 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
827
828 @quotation Note
829 When you write new configuration files, please submit
830 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
831 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
832 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
833 will help support users of any board using that chip.
834 @end quotation
835
836 @item
837 You may may need to write some C code.
838 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
839 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
840 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
841 a new chip architecture.
842 @end itemize
843
844 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
845 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
846 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
847
848 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
849 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
850 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
851 @itemize
852
853 @item
854 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
855 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
856 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
857 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
858
859 @item
860 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
861 @cindex vector_catch
862 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
863 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
864 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
865 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
866 along with messaging and tracing setup.
867 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
868
869 @item
870 You might need to override some defaults.
871 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
872 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
873
874 @item
875 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
876 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
877 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
878 @end itemize
879
880 @section Project-Specific Utilities
881
882 A few project-specific utility
883 routines may well speed up your work.
884 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
885
886 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
887 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
888 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
889 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
890 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
891 may help:
892
893 @example
894 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
895 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
896 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
897 # Leave the CPU halted.
898 reset init
899
900 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
901 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
902
903 # Start running.
904 resume 0x20000000
905 @}
906 @end example
907
908 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
909 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
910 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
911 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
912 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
913
914 @example
915 proc newboot @{ @} @{
916 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
917 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
918 # "reset halt" would be slower.
919 reset init
920
921 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
922 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
923 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
924 flash protect 0 0 1 off
925 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
926 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
927 flash protect 0 0 1 on
928
929 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
930 reset run
931 @}
932 @end example
933
934 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
935 from NAND.
936 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
937 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
938 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
939
940 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
941 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
942
943 @section Target Software Changes
944
945 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
946 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
947 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
948 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
949 handling issues like:
950
951 @itemize @bullet
952
953 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
954 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
955 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
956 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
957 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
958 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
959 your debug sessions.
960
961 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
962 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
963 That might however be your only option.
964
965 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
966 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
967 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
968 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
969 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
970 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
971 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
972 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
973 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
974 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
975 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
976 instead of the whole thing.
977 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
978 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
979
980 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
981 @cindex ARM semihosting
982 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
983 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
984 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
985 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
986 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
987 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
988 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
989 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
990 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
991 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
992 NAND or SPI flash.
993
994 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
995 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
996 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
997 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
998 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
999
1000 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1001 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1002 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1003 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1004 registers which can be used to change various features including
1005 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1006 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1007 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1008 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1009 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1010
1011 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1012 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1013 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1014 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1015 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1016
1017 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1018 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1019 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1020 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1021 early code execution can be debugged
1022 or firmware can be replaced.
1023
1024 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1025 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1026 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1027 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1028 operations like writing to memory.)
1029
1030 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1031 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1032 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1033 various kinds of message.
1034 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1035
1036 @end itemize
1037
1038 @section Target Hardware Setup
1039
1040 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1041 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1042 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1043 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1044 working with.}
1045
1046 Common issues include:
1047
1048 @itemize @bullet
1049
1050 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1051 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1052 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1053 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1054 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1055 or one from a daughtercard).
1056 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1057 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1058
1059 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1060 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1061 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1062 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1063 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1064 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1065
1066 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1067 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1068 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1069 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1070 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1071
1072
1073 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1074 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1075 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1076 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1077 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1078 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1079 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1080
1081 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1082 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1083 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1084 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1085 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1086
1087 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1088 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1089 used to start booting.
1090
1091 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1092 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1093 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1094 multiple audio codec chips).
1095 This interacts with software
1096 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1097 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1098 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1099 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1100 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1101 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1102 audio or video codecs are used.
1103
1104 @end itemize
1105
1106 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1107 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1108 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1109 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1110 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1111 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1112 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1113 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1114 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1115 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1116
1117
1118 @node Config File Guidelines
1119 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1120
1121 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1122 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1123 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1124 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1125
1126 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1127 with files including the ones listed here.
1128 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1129 @itemize @bullet
1130 @item @file{interface} ...
1131 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1132 @example
1133 $ ls interface
1134 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1135 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1136 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1137 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1138 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1139 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1140 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1141 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1142 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1143 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1144 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1145 $
1146 @end example
1147 @item @file{board} ...
1148 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1149 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1150 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1151 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1152 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1153 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1154 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1155 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1156 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1157 a CPU and an FPGA.
1158 @example
1159 $ ls board
1160 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1161 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1162 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1163 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1164 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1165 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1166 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1167 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1168 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1169 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1170 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1171 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1172 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1173 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1174 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1175 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1176 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1177 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1178 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1179 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1180 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1181 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1182 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1183 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1184 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1185 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1186 $
1187 @end example
1188 @item @file{target} ...
1189 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1190 on a chip
1191 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1192 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1193 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1194 the target config file defines all of them.
1195 @example
1196 $ ls target
1197 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1198 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1199 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1200 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1201 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1202 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1203 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1204 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1205 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1206 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1207 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1208 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1209 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1210 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1211 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1212 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1213 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1214 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1215 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1216 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1217 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1218 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1219 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1220 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1221 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1222 $
1223 @end example
1224 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1225 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1226 @end itemize
1227
1228 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1229 file may override features in any of the above files by
1230 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1231 commands specific to their situation.
1232
1233 @section Interface Config Files
1234
1235 The user config file
1236 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1237
1238 @example
1239 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1240 @end example
1241
1242 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1243 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1244 sole developer who created it.
1245
1246 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1247 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1248 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1249 and need to provide a driver for it.
1250
1251 @section Board Config Files
1252 @cindex config file, board
1253 @cindex board config file
1254
1255 The user config file
1256 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1257
1258 @example
1259 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1260 @end example
1261
1262 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1263 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1264 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1268 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1269 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1270 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1271 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1272 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1273 @end enumerate
1274
1275 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1276 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1277 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1278 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1279
1280 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1281 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1282 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1283 configuration works.
1284
1285 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1286
1287 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1288 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1289 convention on how to use certain variables.
1290
1291 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1292 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1293 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1294 used at will within a target configuration file.
1295
1296 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1297 for a board with three chips:
1298
1299 @example
1300 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1301 set CHIPNAME network
1302 set ENDIAN big
1303 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1304 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1305 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1306 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1307
1308 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1309 set CHIPNAME video
1310 set ENDIAN little
1311 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1312 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1313 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1314 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1315
1316 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1317 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1318 unset ENDIAN
1319 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1320 @end example
1321
1322 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1323 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1324 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1325 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1326 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1327 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1328 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1329 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1330
1331 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1332 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1333 naming collisions.
1334
1335 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1336 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1337 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1338 up other clocks and peripherals.
1339
1340 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1341 @cindex variable names
1342
1343 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1344 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1345 one such chip (as shown above).
1346 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1347 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1348 to promote consistency and
1349 so that board files can override target defaults.
1350
1351 Inputs to target config files include:
1352
1353 @itemize @bullet
1354 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1355 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1356 tap identifier dotted names.
1357 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1358 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1359 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1360 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1361 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1362 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1363 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1364 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1365 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1366 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1367 @end itemize
1368
1369 Outputs from target config files include:
1370
1371 @itemize @bullet
1372 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1373 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1374 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1375 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1376 specific to that board and that target.
1377 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1378 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1379 @end itemize
1380
1381 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1382 @cindex event, reset-init
1383 @cindex reset-init handler
1384
1385 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1386 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1387 fully set up yet.
1388 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1389 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1390 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1391 handler is one of the most important.
1392
1393 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1394 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1395 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1396 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1397 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1398
1399 @quotation Note
1400 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1401 are included here.
1402 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1403 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1404 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1405 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1406 @end quotation
1407
1408 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1409 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1410 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1411 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1412 those as parameters.
1413 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1414 and disabling the watchdog.
1415 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1416 the next developer doing such work.
1417 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1418
1419 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1420 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1421 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1422 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1423
1424 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1425
1426 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1427 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1428 a low JTAG clock rate.
1429 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1430 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1431 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1432 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1433 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1434 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1435 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1436
1437 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1438 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1439 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1440 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1441 which might be less than that.
1442
1443 @quotation Warning
1444 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1445 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1446 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1447 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1448 @end quotation
1449
1450 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1451 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1452 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1453 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1454 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1455
1456 @section Target Config Files
1457 @cindex config file, target
1458 @cindex target config file
1459
1460 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1461 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1462 more target config files like this:
1463
1464 @example
1465 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1466 @end example
1467
1468 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1469 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1470 In summary the target files should contain
1471
1472 @enumerate
1473 @item Set defaults
1474 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1475 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1476 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1477 @item On-Chip flash
1478 @end enumerate
1479
1480 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1481 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1482 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1483
1484 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1485 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1486 can talk to the chip.
1487 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1488 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1489 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1490 and other processing engines.
1491
1492 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1493
1494 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1495 letting board config files express environment-specific
1496 differences in how things should be set up.
1497
1498 @example
1499 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1500 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1501 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1502 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1503 @} else @{
1504 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1505 @}
1506
1507 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1508 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1509 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1510 @} else @{
1511 set _ENDIAN little
1512 @}
1513
1514 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1515 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1516 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1517 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1518 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1519 @} else @{
1520 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1521 @}
1522 @end example
1523 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1524
1525 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1526 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1527 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1528
1529 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1530 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1531 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1532
1533 @example
1534 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1535 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1536 @end example
1537
1538 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1539 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1540 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1541 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1542 for taps.
1543
1544 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1545 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1546 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1547 looks (in part) like this:
1548
1549 @example
1550 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1551 @end example
1552
1553 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1554 to source such a config file twice, with different
1555 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1556 it adds a different TAP each time.
1557
1558 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1559 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1560 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1561 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1562
1563 @example
1564 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1565 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1566 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1567 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1568 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1569 @end example
1570
1571 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1572 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1573
1574 @itemize
1575 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1576 plus a JRC to enable them
1577 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1578 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1579 is not currently used)
1580 @end itemize
1581
1582 @subsection Add CPU targets
1583
1584 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1585 GDB and other commands can use it.
1586 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1587 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1588 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1589 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1590
1591 @example
1592 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1593 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1594 @end example
1595
1596 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1597 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1598 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1599 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1600 a work area if you can.
1601 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1602
1603 @example
1604 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1605 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1606 @end example
1607
1608 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1609
1610 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1611 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1612 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1613
1614 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1615 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1616 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1617 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1618 both signals.
1619
1620 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1621 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1622 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1623 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1624 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1625 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1626 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1627 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1628 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1629 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1630 not available.)
1631
1632 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1633 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1634 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1635 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1636 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1637 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1638 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1639 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1640
1641 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1642 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1643 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1644 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1645 slower clock than they will use later.
1646 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1647 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1648 than they will use later.
1649 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1650
1651 @quotation Important
1652 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1653 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1654 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1655 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1656 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1657 @end quotation
1658
1659 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1660
1661 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1662 special high speed download features - enable it.
1663
1664 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1665
1666 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1667 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1668 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1669 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1670 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1671 If you are using an external trace port,
1672 configure it in your board config file.
1673 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1674 configure it in your target config file.
1675
1676 @example
1677 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1678 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1679 @end example
1680
1681 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1682
1683 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1684
1685 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1686 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1687 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1688 the TARGET (chip) file.
1689
1690 Examples:
1691 @itemize @bullet
1692 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1693 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1694 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1695 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1696 @end itemize
1697
1698 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1699 @section Translating Configuration Files
1700 @cindex translation
1701 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1702 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1703 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1704 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1705 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1706 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1707
1708 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1709 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1710 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1711 convert other scripts later on.
1712
1713 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1714 replace job:
1715
1716 @example
1717 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1718 #
1719 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1720 #
1721 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1722 #
1723 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1724
1725 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1726 global TARGETNAME
1727
1728 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1729
1730 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1731 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1732 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1733 @}
1734 @end example
1735
1736
1737
1738 @node Daemon Configuration
1739 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1740 @cindex initialization
1741 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1742 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1743 supported.
1744
1745 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1746 @section Configuration Stage
1747 @cindex configuration stage
1748 @cindex config command
1749
1750 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1751 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1752 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1753 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1754 inside startup scripts.
1755
1756 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1757 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1758 which may be issued interactively.
1759 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1760 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1761
1762 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1763 flash banks,
1764 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1765 and other basic setup.
1766 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1767 may access or activate TAPs.
1768 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1769 longer be issued.
1770
1771 @section Entering the Run Stage
1772
1773 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1774 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1775 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1776 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1777 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1778 You should see no errors at this point.
1779 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1780 commands you used to configure the server.
1781 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1782 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1783 on the scan chain.
1784
1785 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1786 become available.
1787 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1788 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1789 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1790 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1791 entry to the run stage.
1792
1793 @deffn {Config Command} init
1794 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1795 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1796 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1797 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1798 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1799 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1800
1801 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1802 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1803 configuration files and/or command line options.
1804
1805 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1806 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1807 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1808 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1809 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1810 @end deffn
1811
1812 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1813 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1814 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1815
1816 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1817 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1818 scan chain.
1819 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1820 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1821
1822 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1823 they return.
1824 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1825 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1826 @end deffn
1827
1828 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1829 @section TCP/IP Ports
1830 @cindex TCP port
1831 @cindex server
1832 @cindex port
1833 @cindex security
1834 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1835 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1836 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1837
1838 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1839 access using one or more of these ports.
1840 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1841 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1842 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1843
1844 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1845 @cindex GDB server
1846 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1847 The GDB port for the
1848 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1849 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1850 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1851 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1852 @end deffn
1853
1854 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1855 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1856 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1857 output from the Tcl engine.
1858 Intended as a machine interface.
1859 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1860 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1861 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1862 @end deffn
1863
1864 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1865 Specify or query the
1866 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1867 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1868 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1869 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1870 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1871 @end deffn
1872
1873 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1874 @section GDB Configuration
1875 @cindex GDB
1876 @cindex GDB configuration
1877 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1878 The ones listed here are static and global.
1879 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1880 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1881
1882 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1883 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1884 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1885 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1886 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1887 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1888 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1889 @end deffn
1890
1891 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1892 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1893 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1894 vFlash packet is received.
1895 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1896 @end deffn
1897
1898 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1899 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1900 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1901 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1902 for flash programming to work.
1903 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1904 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1905 @end deffn
1906
1907 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1908 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1909 by GDB memory read packets.
1910 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1911 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1912 @end deffn
1913
1914 @anchor{Event Polling}
1915 @section Event Polling
1916
1917 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1918 where significant events can happen at any time.
1919 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1920 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1921 or to GDB.
1922
1923 Examples of such events include:
1924
1925 @itemize
1926 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1927 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1928 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1929 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1930 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1931 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1932 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1933 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1934 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1935 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1936 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1937 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1938 @end itemize
1939
1940 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1941 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1942 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1943 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1944 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1945
1946 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1947 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1948 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1949 to the various active targets.
1950 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1951 which is normally done in the background.
1952
1953 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1954 Poll the current target for its current state.
1955 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1956 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1957 specific information about the current state is printed.
1958 An optional parameter
1959 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1960
1961 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1962 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1963 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1964 @example
1965 > poll
1966 background polling: on
1967 target state: halted
1968 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1969 current mode: Supervisor
1970 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1971 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1972 >
1973 @end example
1974 @end deffn
1975
1976 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1977 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1978 @cindex config file, interface
1979 @cindex interface config file
1980
1981 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1982 through commands in an interface configuration
1983 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1984 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1985
1986 @example
1987 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1988 @end example
1989
1990 These commands tell
1991 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1992 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1993
1994 @example
1995 # jlink interface
1996 interface jlink
1997 @end example
1998
1999 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2000
2001
2002 @section Interface Configuration
2003
2004 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
2005 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
2006 more additional commands.
2007
2008 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2009 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2010 target.
2011 @end deffn
2012
2013 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2014 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2015 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2016 @end deffn
2017
2018 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2019 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2020 @end deffn
2021
2022 @section Interface Drivers
2023
2024 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2025 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2026 available at run time.
2027
2028 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2029 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2030 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2031 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2032
2033 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2034 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2035 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2036 @end deffn
2037
2038 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2039 Displays status of RTCK option.
2040 Optionally sets that option first.
2041 @end deffn
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2045 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2046 This has one driver-specific command:
2047
2048 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2049 Logs some status
2050 @end deffn
2051 @end deffn
2052
2053 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2054 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2055 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2056 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2057 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2058 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2059 @end deffn
2060
2061 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2062 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2063 @end deffn
2064
2065 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2066 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2067 @end deffn
2068
2069 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2070 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2071 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2072 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2073
2074 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2075 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2076 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2077 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2078 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2079 @end deffn
2080
2081 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2082 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2083 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2084 is connected to the host.
2085 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2086 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2087 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2088 @end deffn
2089
2090 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2091 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2092 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2093 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2094 @itemize @minus
2095 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2096 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2097 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2098 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2099 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2100 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2101 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2102 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2103 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2104 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2105 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2106 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2107 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2108 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2109 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2110 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2111 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2112 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2113 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2114 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2115 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2116 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2117 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2118 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2119 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2120 @end itemize
2121 @end deffn
2122
2123 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2124 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2125 default values are used.
2126 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2127 @example
2128 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2129 @end example
2130 @end deffn
2131
2132 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2133 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2134 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2135 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2136 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2137 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2138 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2139 @end deffn
2140
2141 For example, the interface config file for a
2142 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2143
2144 @example
2145 interface ft2232
2146 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2147 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2148 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2149 @end example
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2153 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2154 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2155 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2156
2157 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2158 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2159 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2160 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2161 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2162 @end deffn
2163
2164 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2165 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2166 default values are used.
2167 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2168 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2169 @example
2170 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2171 @end example
2172 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2173 @example
2174 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2175 @end example
2176 @end deffn
2177
2178 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2179 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2180 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2181 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2182
2183 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2184 @example
2185 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2186 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2187 @end example
2188 @end deffn
2189
2190 @end deffn
2191
2192 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2193 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2194 This has one driver-specific command:
2195
2196 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2197 Display either the address of the I/O port
2198 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2199 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2200 This is a write-once setting.
2201 @end deffn
2202 @end deffn
2203
2204 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2205 Segger jlink USB adapter
2206 @c command: jlink_info
2207 @c dumps status
2208 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2209 @c sets version 2 or 3
2210 @end deffn
2211
2212 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2213 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2214 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2215 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2216 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2217
2218 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2219 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2220 This is a write-once setting.
2221 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2222
2223 @itemize @minus
2224 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2225 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2226 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2227 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2228 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2229 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2230 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2231 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2232 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2233 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2234 some versions of
2235 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2236 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2237 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2238 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2239 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2240 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2241 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2242 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2243 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2244 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2245 @end itemize
2246 @end deffn
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2249 Display either the address of the I/O port
2250 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2251 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2252 This is a write-once setting.
2253
2254 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2255 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2256 you may encounter a problem.
2257 @end deffn
2258
2259 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2260 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2261 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2262 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2263 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2264 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2265
2266 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2267 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2268 @quotation Tip
2269 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2270 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2271 @example
2272 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2273 > jtag_khz 500
2274 @end example
2275 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2276 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2277 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2278 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2279 large set of samples.
2280 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2281 @example
2282 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2283 @end example
2284 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2285 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2286
2287 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2288 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2289 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2290 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2291 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2292 @end quotation
2293 @end deffn
2294
2295 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2296 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2297 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2298 @end deffn
2299
2300 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2301 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2302
2303 @example
2304 interface parport
2305 parport_port 0x278
2306 parport_cable wiggler
2307 @end example
2308 @end deffn
2309
2310 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2311 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2312 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2313 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2314 @end deffn
2315 @end deffn
2316
2317 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2318 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2319 @end deffn
2320
2321 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2322 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2323 @end deffn
2324
2325 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2326 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2327
2328 @quotation Note
2329 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2330 which are not currently documented here.
2331 @end quotation
2332 @end deffn
2333
2334 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2335 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2336
2337 @quotation Note
2338 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2339 which are not currently documented here.
2340 @end quotation
2341
2342 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2343 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2344 No arguments: print status.
2345 @end deffn
2346
2347 @end deffn
2348
2349 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2350 @section JTAG Speed
2351 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2352 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2353 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2354 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2355 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2356 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2357 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2358 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2359 power management software that may be active.
2360
2361 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2362 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2363 target event handler.
2364 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2365 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2366 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2367 sets up those clocks).
2368 @xref{Target Events}.
2369 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2370 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2371 in the target config file.
2372 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2373 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2374 config file instead.
2375 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2376 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2377 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2378
2379 @example
2380 jtag_rclk 3000
2381 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2382 @end example
2383
2384 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2385 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2386 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2387 may not be the fastest solution.
2388
2389 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2390 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2391
2392 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2393 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2394 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2395 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2396 than the speed specified.
2397
2398 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2399 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2400 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2401 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2402
2403 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2404 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2405 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2406 JTAG clocking after setup.
2407 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2408 If the interface device can not
2409 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2410 @end deffn
2411
2412 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2413 @cindex adaptive clocking
2414 @cindex RTCK
2415 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2416 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2417 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2418 @example
2419 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2420 jtag_rclk 3000
2421 @end example
2422 @end defun
2423
2424 @node Reset Configuration
2425 @chapter Reset Configuration
2426 @cindex Reset Configuration
2427
2428 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2429 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2430 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2431 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2432 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2433 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2434 Please see the various board files for examples.
2435
2436 @quotation Note
2437 To maintainers and integrators:
2438 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2439 Normally the board configuration file
2440 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2441 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2442
2443 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2444 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2445 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2446 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2447 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2448 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2449 @end quotation
2450
2451 @section Types of Reset
2452
2453 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2454 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2455 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2456
2457 @itemize @bullet
2458 @item
2459 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2460 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2461 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2462 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2463 @item
2464 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2465 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2466 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2467 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2468 @item
2469 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2470 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2471 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2472 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2473 @item
2474 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2475 several other types of reset.
2476 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2477 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2478 There may be individual module resets.
2479 @end itemize
2480
2481 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2482 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2483 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2484 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2485 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2486 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2487 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2488 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2489 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2490
2491 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2492 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2493
2494 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2495 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2496 common issues are:
2497
2498 @itemize @bullet
2499
2500 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2501 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2502 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2503 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2504 when either of those signals is not connected.
2505 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2506 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2507 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2508 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2509
2510 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2511 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2512 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2513 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2514
2515 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2516 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2517 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2518 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2519 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2520 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2521 hardware debouncing.
2522 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2523 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2524
2525 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2526 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2527 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2528 to use push/pull output drivers.
2529 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2530 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2531 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2532 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2533
2534 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2535 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2536 issues (not limited to errata).
2537 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2538 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2539 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2540 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2541 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2542 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2543 @end itemize
2544
2545 There can also be other issues.
2546 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2547 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2548 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2549 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2550 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2551 Agreement (NDA).
2552
2553 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2554 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2555 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2556
2557 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2558 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2559
2560 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2561
2562 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2563 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2564 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2565 allowing it to be deasserted.
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2569 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2570 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2571 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2572 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2573 @end deffn
2574
2575 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2576 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2577 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2578 allowing it to be deasserted.
2579 @end deffn
2580
2581 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2582 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2583 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2584 @end deffn
2585
2586 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2587 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2588 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2589 configuration scripts.
2590
2591 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2592 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2593 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2594 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2595 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2596 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2597 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2598 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2599
2600 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2601 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2602 @var{gates},
2603 @var{trst_type},
2604 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2605 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2606 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2607 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2608 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2609 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2610
2611 @itemize
2612 @item
2613 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2614 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2615 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2616 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2617 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2618
2619 @quotation Tip
2620 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2621 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2622 @end quotation
2623
2624 @item
2625 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2626 signal implementations.
2627 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2628 indicating everything behaves normally.
2629 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2630 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2631 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2632 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2633 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2634 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2635 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2636
2637 @item
2638 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2639 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2640 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2641 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2642 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2643 while SRST is asserted.
2644 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2645 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2646 @end itemize
2647
2648 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2649 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2650 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2651 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2652 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2653
2654 @itemize
2655 @item
2656 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2657 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2658 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2659 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2660
2661 @item
2662 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2663 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2664 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2665 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2666 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2667 @end itemize
2668 @end deffn
2669
2670 @section Custom Reset Handling
2671 @cindex events
2672
2673 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2674 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2675 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2676 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2677 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2678 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2679
2680 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2681 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2682 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2683 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2684 want to reset everything at once.
2685
2686 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2687 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2688 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2689 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2690 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2691 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2692 needs special attention.
2693
2694 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2695 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2696 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2697 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2698 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2699 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2700 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2701 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2702
2703 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2704 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2705 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2706 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2707 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2708
2709 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2710 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2711 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2712 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2713 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2714 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2715 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2716 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2717 or potentially some other value.
2718
2719 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2720 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2721 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2722 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2723 (or their associated targets)
2724 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2725
2726 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2727 they return.
2728 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2729 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2730 @end deffn
2731
2732 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2733 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2734 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2735 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2736 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2737 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2738 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2739 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2740 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2741 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2742 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2743 @end deffn
2744
2745 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2746 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2747 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2748 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2749 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2750 @end deffn
2751
2752
2753 @node TAP Declaration
2754 @chapter TAP Declaration
2755 @cindex TAP declaration
2756 @cindex TAP configuration
2757
2758 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2759 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2760
2761 @itemize @bullet
2762 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2763 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2764 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2765 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2766 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2767 start running that code.
2768 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2769 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2770 and missing connections
2771 @end itemize
2772
2773 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2774 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2775 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2776 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2777 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2778
2779 @section Scan Chains
2780 @cindex scan chain
2781
2782 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2783 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2784 They also need to be added to
2785 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2786 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2787 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2788 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2789 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2790 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2791 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2792 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2793
2794 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2795 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2796 command, presented in the next chapter.
2797 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2798 debugging targets.)
2799 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2800
2801 @verbatim
2802 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2803 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2804 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2805 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2806 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2807 @end verbatim
2808
2809 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2810 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2811 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2812 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2813 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2814 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2815 until they are told to do so.
2816
2817 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2818 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2819 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2820 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2821
2822 @example
2823 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2824 @end example
2825
2826 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2827 by a given chip.
2828 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2829 and so forth.
2830 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2831 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2832 a single chip and between them.
2833 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2834
2835 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2836 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2837 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2838 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2839 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2840 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2841 includes commands something like this:
2842
2843 @example
2844 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2845 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2846 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2847 @end example
2848
2849 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2850 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2851 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2852
2853 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2854 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2855 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2856 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2857 @example
2858 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2859 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2860 @}
2861 @end example
2862 @end deffn
2863
2864 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2865 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2866 and their status.
2867 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2868 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2869 but systems with a JTAG router can
2870 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2871 @end deffn
2872
2873 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2874 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2875
2876 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2877 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2878
2879 @section TAP Names
2880 @cindex dotted name
2881
2882 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2883 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2884 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2885 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2886 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2887 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2888 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2889 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2890
2891 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2892 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2893 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2894
2895 @quotation Tip
2896 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2897 This feature is still present.
2898 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2899 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2900 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2901 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2902 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2903 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2904 @end quotation
2905
2906 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2907
2908 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2909 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2910 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2911 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2912 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2913
2914 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2915 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2916 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2917 overridable.
2918
2919 @cindex TAP naming convention
2920 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2921 and should follow this convention:
2922
2923 @itemize @bullet
2924 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2925 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2926 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2927 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2928 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2929 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2930 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2931 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2932 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2933 with a single TAP;
2934 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2935 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2936 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2937 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2938 @end itemize
2939
2940 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2941
2942 @itemize @bullet
2943 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2944 @*The length in bits of the
2945 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2946 @end itemize
2947
2948 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2949
2950 @itemize @bullet
2951 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2952 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2953 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2954 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2955 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2956 (the TAP is linked in).
2957 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2958 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2959 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2960 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2961 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2962 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2963 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2964 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2965 values that were found but not included in the list.
2966
2967 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2968 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2969 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2970 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2971 hardware to find these values.
2972 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2973 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2974 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2975 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2976 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2977 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2978 the various chip IDs.
2979 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2980 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2981 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2982 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2983 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2984 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2985 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2986 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2987 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2988 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2989 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2990 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2991 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2992 @end itemize
2993 @end deffn
2994
2995 @section Other TAP commands
2996
2997 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2998 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2999 At this writing this TAP attribute
3000 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3001 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3002 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3003 See the next section for information about the available events.
3004
3005 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3006 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3007 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3008 @end deffn
3009
3010 @anchor{TAP Events}
3011 @section TAP Events
3012 @cindex events
3013 @cindex TAP events
3014
3015 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3016 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3017 The other applies to debugger targets,
3018 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3019
3020 The TAP events currently defined are:
3021
3022 @itemize @bullet
3023 @item @b{post-reset}
3024 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3025 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3026 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3027 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3028 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3029
3030 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3031 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3032 of any particular target.
3033 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3034 @item @b{setup}
3035 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3036 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3037 @item @b{tap-disable}
3038 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3039 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3040 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3041 @item @b{tap-enable}
3042 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3043 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3044 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3045 @end itemize
3046
3047 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3048 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3049 contents to be accurate), you might:
3050
3051 @example
3052 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3053 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3054 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3055 @}
3056 @end example
3057
3058
3059 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3060 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3061 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3062 @cindex jrc
3063
3064 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3065 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3066 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3067 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3068 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3069
3070 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3071 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3072 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3073 be visible.
3074 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3075 ignores, such as:
3076
3077 @itemize
3078 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3079 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3080 TAPs receive new instructions.
3081 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3082 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3083 @end itemize
3084
3085 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3086 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3087 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3088 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3089
3090 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3091 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3092
3093 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3094 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3095 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3096 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3097 should define TAP event handlers using
3098 code that looks something like this:
3099
3100 @example
3101 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3102 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3103 @}
3104 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3105 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3106 @}
3107 @end example
3108
3109 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3110
3111 @example
3112 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3113 @end example
3114
3115 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3116 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3117 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3118 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3119
3120 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3121 If necessary, disables the tap
3122 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3123 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3124 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3125 and "0" if it is disabled.
3126 @end deffn
3127
3128 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3129 If necessary, enables the tap
3130 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3131 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3132 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3133 and "0" if it is disabled.
3134 @end deffn
3135
3136 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3137 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3138 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3139 and "0" if it is disabled.
3140
3141 @quotation Note
3142 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3143 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3144 @end quotation
3145 @end deffn
3146
3147 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3148 @section Autoprobing
3149 @cindex autoprobe
3150 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3151
3152 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3153 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3154 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3155 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3156
3157 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3158 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3159 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3160 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3161 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3162 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3163 right when they come out of reset).
3164
3165 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3166
3167 @example
3168 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3169 reset_config trst_and_srst
3170 jtag_rclk 8
3171 @end example
3172
3173 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3174 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3175
3176 @enumerate
3177 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3178 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3179 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3180 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3181 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3182 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3183 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3184 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3185 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3186 that is discovered.
3187 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3188 register, it will report it.
3189 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3190 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3191 @end enumerate
3192
3193 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3194 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3195 that's a bit more complex:
3196
3197 @example
3198 clock speed 8 kHz
3199 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3200 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3201 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3202 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3203 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3204 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3205 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3206 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3207 @end example
3208
3209 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3210 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3211 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3212 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3213 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3214 and so forth.
3215
3216 @node CPU Configuration
3217 @chapter CPU Configuration
3218 @cindex GDB target
3219
3220 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3221 You can also access these targets without GDB
3222 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3223 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3224 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3225 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3226
3227 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3228 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3229
3230 @section Target List
3231 @cindex target, current
3232 @cindex target, list
3233
3234 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3235 where each member has a name.
3236 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3237 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3238 (plural!) command.
3239 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3240 look like with more than one:
3241 @verbatim
3242 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3243 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3244 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3245 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3246 @end verbatim
3247
3248 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3249 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3250 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3251 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3252 space seen by that current target.
3253 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3254 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3255 are examples; and there are many more.
3256
3257 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3258
3259 @deffn Command {target count}
3260 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3261 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3262 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3263
3264 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3265 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3266 @example
3267 set c [target count]
3268 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3269 # Assuming you have created this function
3270 print_target_details $x
3271 @}
3272 @end example
3273 @end deffn
3274
3275 @deffn Command {target current}
3276 Returns the name of the current target.
3277 @end deffn
3278
3279 @deffn Command {target names}
3280 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3281 @example
3282 foreach t [target names] @{
3283 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3284 @}
3285 @end example
3286 @end deffn
3287
3288 @deffn Command {target number} number
3289 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3290 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3291
3292 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3293 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3294 @example
3295 set thename [target number $x]
3296 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3297 @end example
3298 @end deffn
3299
3300 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3301 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3302
3303 @deffn Command targets [name]
3304 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3305 command names are singular.}
3306
3307 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3308 targets in a user friendly form.
3309
3310 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3311 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3312 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3313 @end deffn
3314
3315 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3316 @cindex target type
3317 @cindex CPU type
3318 @cindex CPU variant
3319
3320 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3321 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3322 when calling @command{target create}.
3323 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3324 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3325 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3326 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3327 what core-specific commands may be available
3328 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3329 and more.
3330
3331 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3332 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3333 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3334 worked around in some chip versions.
3335
3336 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3337 since there's a command to list them.
3338 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3339 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3340
3341 @anchor{target types}
3342 @deffn Command {target types}
3343 Lists all supported target types.
3344 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3345
3346 @itemize @bullet
3347 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3348 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3349 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3350 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3351 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3352 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3353 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3354 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3355 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3356 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3357 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3358 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3359 @itemize @minus
3360 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3361 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3362 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3363 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3364 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3365 @end itemize
3366 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3367 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3368 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3369 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3370 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3371 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3372 @itemize @minus
3373 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3374 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3375 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3376 processor.
3377 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3378 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3379 @end itemize
3380 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3381 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3382 There are several variants defined:
3383 @itemize @minus
3384 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3385 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3386 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3387 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3388 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3389 @end itemize
3390 @end itemize
3391 @end deffn
3392
3393 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3394 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3395 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3396 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3397 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3398 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3399 reflect design generations;
3400 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3401 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3402
3403 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3404 @section Target Configuration
3405
3406 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3407 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3408 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3409 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3410 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3411
3412 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3413 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3414 optional parts.
3415 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3416 command, created as part of target creation.
3417
3418 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3419 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3420 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3421 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3422 to be much more board-specific.
3423 The key steps you use might look something like this
3424
3425 @example
3426 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3427 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3428 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3429 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3430 @end example
3431
3432 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3433 on-chip SRAM.
3434 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3435 writes to target memory;
3436 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3437 GDB memory checksumming;
3438 and more.
3439
3440 @quotation Warning
3441 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3442 inaccessible when application code
3443 (such as an operating system)
3444 enables or disables the MMU.
3445 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3446 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3447 easy access to other addresses needed.
3448 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3449 @end quotation
3450
3451 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3452 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3453 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3454 controllers.
3455 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3456 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3457 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3458
3459 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3460 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3461 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3462 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3463 purposes including additional configuration.
3464
3465 @itemize @bullet
3466 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3467 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3468 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3469 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3470
3471 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3472 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3473 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3474 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3475 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3476 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3477 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3478 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3479
3480 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3481 @end itemize
3482 @end deffn
3483
3484 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3485 The options accepted by this command may also be
3486 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3487 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3488 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3489
3490 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3491 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3492 and changing its endianness or variant.
3493
3494 @itemize @bullet
3495
3496 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3497 used to access this target.
3498
3499 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3500 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3501
3502 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3503 @xref{Target Events}.
3504 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3505 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3506 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3507 same event name assigns only one handler.
3508
3509 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3510 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3511
3512 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3513 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3514 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3515 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3516 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3517 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3518 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3519
3520 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3521 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3522 or virtual address is being used.
3523
3524 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3525 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3526
3527 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3528 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3529 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3530 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3531 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3532
3533 @end itemize
3534 @end deffn
3535
3536 @section Other $target_name Commands
3537 @cindex object command
3538
3539 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3540 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3541
3542 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3543 Once a button is created a button
3544 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3545 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3546 configure it like this:
3547
3548 @example
3549 # Create
3550 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3551 # Modify
3552 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3553 # Query
3554 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3555 # Report
3556 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3557 @end example
3558
3559 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3560 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3561
3562 @example
3563 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3564 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3565 @end example
3566
3567 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3568
3569 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3570 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3571 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3572 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3573 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3574 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3575 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3576 They are not otherwise documented here.
3577 @end deffn
3578
3579 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3580 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3581 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3582 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3583 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3584 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3585 the target side uses raw memory.
3586
3587 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3588 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3589 The script orientation comes from working with data
3590 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3591 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3592 and neither store nor return those values.
3593
3594 @itemize
3595 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3596 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3597 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3598 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3599 @end itemize
3600 @end deffn
3601
3602 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3603 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3604 @command{$target_name configure}
3605 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3606 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3607 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3608 There are a few special cases:
3609
3610 @itemize @bullet
3611 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3612 event named @var{event_name}.
3613 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3614 two parameters.
3615 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3616 This is a special case because this is set using
3617 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3618 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3619 @end itemize
3620
3621 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3622 all the targets you might use something like this:
3623
3624 @example
3625 foreach name [target names] @{
3626 set y [$name cget -endian]
3627 set z [$name cget -type]
3628 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3629 $x $name $y $z]
3630 @}
3631 @end example
3632 @end deffn
3633
3634 @anchor{target curstate}
3635 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3636 Displays the current target state:
3637 @code{debug-running},
3638 @code{halted},
3639 @code{reset},
3640 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3641 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3642 @end deffn
3643
3644 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3645 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3646 currently associated with this target.
3647 @xref{Target Events}.
3648 @end deffn
3649
3650 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3651 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3652 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3653 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3654 @end deffn
3655
3656 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3657 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3658 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3659 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3660 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3661 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3662 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3663 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3664 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3665 @end deffn
3666
3667 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3668 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3669 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3670 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3671 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3672 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3673 @end deffn
3674
3675 @anchor{Target Events}
3676 @section Target Events
3677 @cindex target events
3678 @cindex events
3679 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3680 For example:
3681 @itemize @bullet
3682 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3683 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3684 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3685 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3686 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3687 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3688 to set up system clocks or
3689 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3690 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3691 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3692 @end itemize
3693
3694 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3695 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3696 @command{target create ... -event}.
3697
3698 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3699 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3700 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3701
3702 @example
3703 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3704 echo "Reset..."
3705 reset halt
3706 @}
3707 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3708 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3709 echo "Reset..."
3710 reset halt
3711 @}
3712 @end example
3713
3714 The following target events are defined:
3715
3716 @itemize @bullet
3717 @item @b{debug-halted}
3718 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3719 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3720 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3721 @item @b{early-halted}
3722 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3723 @ignore
3724 @item @b{examine-end}
3725 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3726 @item @b{examine-start}
3727 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3728 @end ignore
3729 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3730 @* When GDB connects
3731 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3732 @* When GDB disconnects
3733 @item @b{gdb-end}
3734 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3735 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3736 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3737 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3738 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3739 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3740 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3741 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3742 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3743 @item @b{gdb-start}
3744 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3745 @item @b{halted}
3746 @* The target has halted
3747 @ignore
3748 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3749 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3750 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3751 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3752 @end ignore
3753 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3754 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3755 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3756 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3757 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3758 @item @b{reset-assert}
3759 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3760 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3761 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3762 it instead of asserting SRST.
3763 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3764 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3765 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3766 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3767 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3768 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3769 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3770 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3771 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3772 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3773 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3774 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3775 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3776 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3777 released on the scan chain.
3778 @item @b{reset-end}
3779 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3780 @ignore
3781 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3782 @* Currently not used
3783 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3784 @* Currently not used
3785 @end ignore
3786 @item @b{reset-init}
3787 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3788 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3789
3790 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3791 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3792 multiplexing, and so on.
3793 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3794 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3795 @item @b{reset-start}
3796 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3797 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3798
3799 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3800 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3801 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3802 @ignore
3803 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3804 @* Currently not used
3805 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3806 @* Currently not used
3807 @end ignore
3808 @item @b{resume-start}
3809 @* Before any target is resumed
3810 @item @b{resume-end}
3811 @* After all targets have resumed
3812 @item @b{resume-ok}
3813 @* Success
3814 @item @b{resumed}
3815 @* Target has resumed
3816 @end itemize
3817
3818
3819 @node Flash Commands
3820 @chapter Flash Commands
3821
3822 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3823 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3824 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3825 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3826 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3827 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3828 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3829 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3830 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3831
3832 Flash Steps:
3833 @enumerate
3834 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3835 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3836 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3837 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3838 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3839 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3840 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3841 @item GDB Flashing
3842 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3843 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3844 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3845 @end enumerate
3846
3847 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3848 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3849 so that it can't boot.
3850 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3851 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3852
3853 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3854 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3855 @cindex flash configuration
3856
3857 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3858 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3859 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3860 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3861 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3862 see the driver-specific documentation.
3863
3864 @itemize @bullet
3865 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3866 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3867 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3868 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3869 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3870 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3871 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3872 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3873 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3874 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3875 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3876 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3877 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3878 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3879 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3880 commands to the flash controller.
3881 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3882 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3883 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3884 for more information.
3885 @end itemize
3886 @quotation Note
3887 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3888 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3889 @end quotation
3890 @end deffn
3891
3892 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3893 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3894 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3895 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3896 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3897 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3898 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3899 @end deffn
3900
3901 @deffn Command {flash list}
3902 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3903 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3904 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3905 @end deffn
3906
3907 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3908 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3909 depends on the flash type.
3910 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3911 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3912 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3913 but most don't bother.
3914 @end deffn
3915
3916 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3917 @cindex flash erasing
3918 @cindex flash reading
3919 @cindex flash writing
3920 @cindex flash programming
3921
3922 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3923 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3924 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3925 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3926 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3927
3928 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3929 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3930 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3931 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3932 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3933
3934 @quotation Note
3935 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3936 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3937 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3938 back to a flash bank.
3939 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3940 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3941 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3942 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3943 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3944 @end quotation
3945
3946 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3947 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3948 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3949 disabled first.
3950 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3951 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3952 @xref{flash protect}.
3953
3954 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3955 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3956 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3957 up to and including @var{last}.
3958 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3959 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3960 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3961 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3962 @end deffn
3963
3964 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3965 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3966 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3967 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3968 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3969 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3970 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3971 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3972 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3973 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3974 @end deffn
3975
3976 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3977 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3978 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3979 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3980 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3981 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3982 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3983 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3984 before issuing this command.
3985 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3986 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3987 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3988 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3989 @end deffn
3990 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3991
3992 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3993 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3994 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3995 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3996 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3997 @end deffn
3998
3999 @anchor{flash write_image}
4000 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4001 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4002 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4003 to the base address for each section in the image.
4004 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4005 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4006 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4007 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4008 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4009 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4010 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4011 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4012 each image section.
4013
4014 @quotation Warning
4015 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4016 data you want to preserve.
4017 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4018 sections might be erased with no notice.
4019 @itemize
4020 @item
4021 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4022 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4023 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4024 @item
4025 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4026 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4027 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4028 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4029 @end itemize
4030 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4031 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4032 @end quotation
4033
4034 @end deffn
4035
4036 @section Other Flash commands
4037 @cindex flash protection
4038
4039 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4040 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4041 and display that status.
4042 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4043 @end deffn
4044
4045 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4046 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4047 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4048 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4049 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4050 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4051 @end deffn
4052
4053 @anchor{flash protect}
4054 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4055 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4056 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4057 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4058 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4059 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4060 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4061 @end deffn
4062
4063 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4064 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4065 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4066 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4067 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4068 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4069 @end deffn
4070
4071 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4072 @section Flash Driver List
4073 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4074 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4075 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4076
4077 @subsection External Flash
4078
4079 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4080 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4081 @cindex CFI
4082 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4083 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4084 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4085 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4086 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4087 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4088 configure a bus and its timings), or
4089 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4090 on the flash chip.
4091 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4092 speed up operation.
4093
4094 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4095
4096 @itemize
4097 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4098 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4099 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4100 @end itemize
4101
4102 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4103 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4104
4105 @example
4106 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4107 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4108 @end example
4109
4110 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4111 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4112 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4113
4114 @example
4115 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4116 @end example
4117
4118 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4119 @end deffn
4120
4121 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4122
4123 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4124 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4125 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4126 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4127 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4128 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4129
4130 @example
4131 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4132 @end example
4133 @end deffn
4134
4135 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4136 @cindex at91sam3
4137 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4138 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4139 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4140 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4141 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4142 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4143 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4144 chips are confirmed.}
4145
4146 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4147 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4148 the following fixed locations:
4149
4150 @example
4151 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4152 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4153 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4154 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4155 @end example
4156
4157 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4158 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4159 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4160
4161 @itemize
4162 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4163 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4164 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4165 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4166 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4167 @end itemize
4168
4169 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4170
4171 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4172 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4173 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4174 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4175 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4176 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4177 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4178
4179 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4180 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4181 @end deffn
4182
4183 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4184 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4185 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4186 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4187 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4188 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4189 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4190 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4191 @end deffn
4192
4193 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4194 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4195 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4196 @end deffn
4197 @end deffn
4198
4199 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4200 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4201 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4202 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4203 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4204
4205 @example
4206 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4207 @end example
4208
4209 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4210 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4211
4212 @itemize
4213 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4214 @item @var{banks}
4215 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4216 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4217 @item @var{pages_size}
4218 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4219 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4220 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4221 @end itemize
4222
4223 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4224 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4225 will be autoconfigured.
4226 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4227
4228 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4229 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4230 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4231 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4232 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4233
4234 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4235 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4236 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4237 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4238 are not truly general purpose).
4239 @quotation Note
4240 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4241 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4242 @end quotation
4243 @end deffn
4244 @end deffn
4245
4246 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4247 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4248 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4249 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4250 @end deffn
4251
4252 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4253 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4254 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4255 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4256 and executed.
4257 @end deffn
4258
4259 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4260 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4261 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4262
4263 @quotation Note
4264 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4265 driver:
4266 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4267 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4268 @end quotation
4269
4270 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4271 which must appear in the following order:
4272
4273 @itemize
4274 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4275 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4276 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4277 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4278 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4279 at which the core is running
4280 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4281 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4282 @quotation Note
4283 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4284 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4285 However, if you do provide it,
4286 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4287 @end quotation
4288 @end itemize
4289
4290 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4291
4292 @example
4293 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4294 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4295 @end example
4296
4297 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4298 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4299 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4300 @end deffn
4301 @end deffn
4302
4303 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4304 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4305 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4306 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4307 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4308 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4309
4310 @example
4311 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4312 @end example
4313 @end deffn
4314
4315 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4316 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4317 from NXP.
4318
4319 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4320 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4321 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4322 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4323 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4324 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4325 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4326 you start the PLL.
4327
4328 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4329
4330 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4331 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4332 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4333
4334 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4335 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4336 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4337 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4338 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4339 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4340 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4341
4342 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4343 @example
4344 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4345 @end example
4346
4347 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4348 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4349 @code{flash banks} command.
4350
4351 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4352 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4353 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4354 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4355 a known signature.
4356 Example:
4357 @example
4358 lpc2900 signature 0
4359 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4360 @end example
4361 @end deffn
4362
4363 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4364 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4365 saves it to a file in binary format.
4366 Example:
4367 @example
4368 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4369 @end example
4370 @end deffn
4371
4372 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4373 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4374 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4375 command:
4376
4377 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4378 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4379 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4380 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4381
4382 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4383 Example:
4384 @example
4385 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4386 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4387 @end example
4388 @end deffn
4389
4390 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4391 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4392 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4393 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4394 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4395 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4396 912 bytes.
4397 @quotation Attention
4398 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4399 @end quotation
4400 Example:
4401 @example
4402 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4403 @end example
4404 @end deffn
4405
4406 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4407 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4408 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4409 after the next power cycle.
4410 @quotation Attention
4411 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4412 @end quotation
4413 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4414 Example:
4415 @example
4416 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4417 flash info 0
4418 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4419 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4420 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4421 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4422 @end example
4423 @end deffn
4424
4425 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4426 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4427 effective after the next power cycle.
4428 @quotation Attention
4429 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4430 @end quotation
4431 Examples:
4432 @example
4433 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4434 @end example
4435 @end deffn
4436 @end deffn
4437
4438 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4439 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4440
4441 @example
4442 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4443 @end example
4444 @end deffn
4445
4446 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4447 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4448 and integrate flash memory.
4449 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4450
4451 @example
4452 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4453 @end example
4454
4455 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4456 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4457 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4458 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4459 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4460 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4461 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4462 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4463 @end deffn
4464 @end deffn
4465
4466 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4467 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4468 Texas Instruments
4469 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4470 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4471 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4472 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4473 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4474 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4475
4476 @example
4477 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4478 @end example
4479 @end deffn
4480
4481 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4482 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4483 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4484 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4485 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4486
4487 @example
4488 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4489 @end example
4490
4491 Some stm32x-specific commands
4492 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4493 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4494 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4495 are defined:
4496
4497 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4498 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4499 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4500 @end deffn
4501
4502 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4503 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4504 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4505 @end deffn
4506
4507 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4508 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4509 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4510 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4511 @end deffn
4512
4513 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4514 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4515 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4516 @end deffn
4517 @end deffn
4518
4519 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4520 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4521 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4522 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4523 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4524
4525 @example
4526 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4527 @end example
4528
4529 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4530 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4531 for the specified flash bank.
4532 @end deffn
4533 @end deffn
4534
4535 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4536 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4537 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4538 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4539 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4540
4541 @example
4542 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4543 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4544 @end example
4545
4546 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4547 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4548 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4549
4550 @itemize @bullet
4551 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4552 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4553 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4554 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4555 @end itemize
4556 @end deffn
4557
4558 @end deffn
4559
4560 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4561 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4562 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4563 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4564
4565 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4566
4567 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4568 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4569 @end deffn
4570
4571 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4572 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4573 @end deffn
4574
4575 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4576 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4577 the flash clock.
4578 @end deffn
4579 @end deffn
4580
4581 @subsection str9xpec driver
4582 @cindex str9xpec
4583
4584 Here is some background info to help
4585 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4586 the str9:
4587 @enumerate
4588 @item
4589 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4590 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4591 @item
4592 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4593 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4594 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4595 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4596 @end enumerate
4597
4598 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4599 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4600 configured for flash bank 0.
4601 @example
4602 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4603 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4604 jtag_reset 0 1
4605 # turn off target polling
4606 poll off
4607 # disable str9 core
4608 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4609 # read option bytes
4610 str9xpec options_read 0
4611 # re-enable str9 core
4612 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4613 poll on
4614 reset halt
4615 @end example
4616 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4617 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4618 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4619 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4620
4621 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4622 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4623 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4624 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4625 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4626
4627 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4628
4629 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4630 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4631 @end deffn
4632
4633 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4634 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4635 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4636 @end deffn
4637
4638 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4639 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4640 erase the device.
4641 @end deffn
4642
4643 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4644 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4645 @end deffn
4646
4647 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4648 Configure str9 boot bank.
4649 @end deffn
4650
4651 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4652 Configure str9 lvd source.
4653 @end deffn
4654
4655 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4656 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4657 @end deffn
4658
4659 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4660 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4661 @end deffn
4662
4663 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4664 Read str9 option bytes.
4665 @end deffn
4666
4667 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4668 Write str9 option bytes.
4669 @end deffn
4670
4671 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4672 unlock str9 device.
4673 @end deffn
4674
4675 @end deffn
4676
4677
4678 @section mFlash
4679
4680 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4681 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4682
4683 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4684 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4685 address @var{base}.
4686 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4687 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4688
4689 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4690
4691 @example
4692 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4693 @end example
4694
4695 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4696
4697 @example
4698 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4699 @end example
4700 @end deffn
4701
4702 @subsection mFlash commands
4703 @cindex mFlash commands
4704
4705 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4706 Configure mflash PLL.
4707 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4708 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4709 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4710 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4711 @end deffn
4712
4713 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4714 Configure bootable option.
4715 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4716 (4kB) for boot.
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4720 Configure storage information.
4721 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4722 written.
4723 @end deffn
4724
4725 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4726 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4727 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4728 @end deffn
4729
4730 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4731 Probe mflash.
4732 @end deffn
4733
4734 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4735 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4736 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4737 @end deffn
4738
4739 @node NAND Flash Commands
4740 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4741 @cindex NAND
4742
4743 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4744 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4745 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4746
4747 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4748 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4749 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4750 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4751 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4752 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4753
4754 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4755 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4756 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4757 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4758 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4759 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4760 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4761 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4762 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4763 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4764
4765 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4766 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4767 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4768 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4769 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4770 every 512 bytes of data.
4771
4772 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4773 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4774 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4775 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4776 ECC mode is used.
4777
4778 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4779 @enumerate
4780 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4781 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4782 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4783 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4784 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4785 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4786 to access that device.
4787 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4788 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4789 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4790 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4791 de-brick a board.
4792 @end enumerate
4793
4794 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4795 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4796 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4797 are only 32 bits wide.
4798 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4799 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4800 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4801 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4802
4803 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4804 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4805 @cindex NAND configuration
4806
4807 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4808 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4809 OpenOCD has initialized.
4810
4811 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4812 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4813 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4814 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4815 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4816 they were a single (larger) device.
4817 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4818 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4819
4820 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4821 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4822 configuration files, not interactively.
4823
4824 @itemize @bullet
4825 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4826 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4827 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4828 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4829 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4830 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4831 commands to the NAND controller.
4832 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4833 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4834 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4835 for more information.
4836 @end itemize
4837 @end deffn
4838
4839 @deffn Command {nand list}
4840 Prints a summary of each device declared
4841 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4842 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4843 @example
4844 > nand list
4845 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4846 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4847 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4848 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4849 >
4850 @end example
4851 @end deffn
4852
4853 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4854 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4855 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4856 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4857 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4858 it with most other NAND commands.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4862
4863 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4864 @cindex NAND reading
4865 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4866 starting at the specified offset.
4867 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4868
4869 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4870 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4871
4872 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4873 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4874 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4875
4876 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4877 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4878 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4879 method which handled that error correction.
4880
4881 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4882 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4883 @itemize @bullet
4884 @item no oob_* parameter
4885 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4886 @item @code{oob_raw}
4887 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4888 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4889 spare areas associated with each data page.
4890 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4891 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4892 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4893 @item @code{oob_only}
4894 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4895 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4896 spare areas associated with each data page.
4897 @end itemize
4898 @end deffn
4899
4900 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4901 @cindex NAND erasing
4902 @cindex NAND programming
4903 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4904 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4905 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4906 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4907 If those parameters are not specified,
4908 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4909 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4910
4911 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4912 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4913 block marker.
4914 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4915 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4916 @end deffn
4917
4918 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4919 @cindex NAND writing
4920 @cindex NAND programming
4921 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4922 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4923 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4924 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4925
4926 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4927 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4928
4929 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4930 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4931 past the end of the device.
4932 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4933 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4934 if that's being written.)
4935
4936 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4937 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4938 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4939
4940 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4941 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4942 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4943 @itemize @bullet
4944 @item no oob_* parameter
4945 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4946 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4947 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4948 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4949 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4950 @item @code{oob_only}
4951 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4952 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4953 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4954 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4955 @item @code{oob_raw}
4956 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4957 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4958 un-altered OOB.
4959 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4960 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4961 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4962 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4963 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4964 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4965 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4966 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4967 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4968 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4969 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4970 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4971 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4972 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4973 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4974 @end itemize
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4978 @cindex NAND verification
4979 @cindex NAND programming
4980 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4981 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4982 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4983
4984 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4985 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4986
4987 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4988 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4989 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4990 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4991 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4992
4993 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4994 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4995 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4996
4997 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4998 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4999 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5000 be removed in a future release.
5001 @end deffn
5002
5003 @section Other NAND commands
5004 @cindex NAND other commands
5005
5006 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5007 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5008 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5009 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5010 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5011 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5012 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5013 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5014
5015 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5016 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5017 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5018 @end deffn
5019
5020 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5021 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5022 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5023 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5024 status for each block.
5025 @end deffn
5026
5027 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5028 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5029 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5030
5031 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5032 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5033 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5034 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5035 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5036
5037 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5038 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5039 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5040 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5041 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5042 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5043 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5044 @end deffn
5045
5046 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5047 @section NAND Driver List
5048 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5049 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5050 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5051
5052 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5053 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5054 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5055 address of the ECC controller.
5056 @example
5057 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5058 @end example
5059 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5060 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5061 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5062 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5063 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5064 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5065 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5066 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5067 @end deffn
5068 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5069 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5070 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5071 @end deffn
5072
5073 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5074 properly configured for input or output.
5075 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5076 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5077 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5078 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5079 @end deffn
5080 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5081 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5082 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5083 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5084 @end deffn
5085 @end deffn
5086
5087 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5088 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5089 chips from Texas Instruments.
5090 It takes three extra parameters:
5091 address of the NAND chip;
5092 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5093 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5094 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5095 @example
5096 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5097 @end example
5098 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5099 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5100 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5101 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5102 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5103 @end deffn
5104
5105 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5106 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5107 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5108 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5109 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5110 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5111 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5112 @end deffn
5113
5114 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5115 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5116 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5117 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5118 @end deffn
5119 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5120
5121 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5122 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5123 parameter: the address of the controller.
5124 @example
5125 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5126 @end example
5127 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5128 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5129 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5130 change any behavior.
5131 @end deffn
5132
5133 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5134 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5135 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5136 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5137 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5138 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5139 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5140 specialized commands.
5141 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5142 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5143 change any behavior.
5144 @end deffn
5145
5146 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5147 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5148 @cindex PLD
5149 @cindex FPGA
5150
5151 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5152 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5153 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5154 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5155 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5156 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5157 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5158
5159 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5160
5161 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5162 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5163 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5164
5165 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5166 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5167
5168 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5169 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5170 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5171 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5172 behavior.
5173 @end deffn
5174
5175 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5176 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5177 @end deffn
5178
5179 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5180 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5181 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5182 @end deffn
5183
5184 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5185
5186 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5187 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5188 that particular type of PLD.
5189
5190 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5191 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5192 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5193 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5194 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5195
5196 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5197 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5198 for FPGA @var{num}.
5199 @end deffn
5200 @end deffn
5201
5202 @node General Commands
5203 @chapter General Commands
5204 @cindex commands
5205
5206 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5207 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5208 commands are documented elsewhere.
5209
5210 Intent:
5211 @itemize @bullet
5212 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5213 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5214 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5215 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5216
5217 @item @b{From the human}
5218 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5219 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5220
5221 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5222 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5223 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5224
5225 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5226 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5227 port is 5555.
5228 @end itemize
5229
5230
5231 @section Daemon Commands
5232
5233 @deffn {Command} exit
5234 Exits the current telnet session.
5235 @end deffn
5236
5237 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5238 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5239 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5240 Not every command provides helptext.
5241
5242 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5243 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5244 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5245 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5246 @end deffn
5247
5248 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5249 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5250 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5251 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5252 Useful in connection with script files
5253 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5254 @end deffn
5255
5256 @deffn Command shutdown
5257 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5258 @end deffn
5259
5260 @anchor{debug_level}
5261 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5262 @cindex message level
5263 Display debug level.
5264 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5265 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5266 Level 0 is error messages only;
5267 level 1 adds warnings;
5268 level 2 adds informational messages;
5269 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5270 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5271 the command line along with the location of that log
5272 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5273 @xref{Running}.
5274 @end deffn
5275
5276 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5277 Default disabled.
5278 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5279
5280 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5281 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5282 individually overridden.
5283
5284 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5285 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5286 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5287
5288 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5289
5290 @example
5291 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5292 @end example
5293 @end deffn
5294
5295 @deffn Command echo message
5296 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5297 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5298 @example
5299 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5300 @end example
5301 @end deffn
5302
5303 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5304 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5305 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5306 @end deffn
5307
5308 @anchor{Target State handling}
5309 @section Target State handling
5310 @cindex reset
5311 @cindex halt
5312 @cindex target initialization
5313
5314 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5315 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5316 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5317 a current target which is used to perform the
5318 various operations. The current target may be changed
5319 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5320 target which should become current.
5321
5322 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5323 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5324 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5325 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5326 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5327
5328 @emph{With no arguments}:
5329 list all available registers for the current target,
5330 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5331 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5332 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5333 are flagged as such.
5334
5335 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5336
5337 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5338 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5339 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5340 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5341 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5342 relevant module will flush such values.
5343
5344 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5345 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5346
5347 @example
5348 > reg
5349 ===== ARM registers
5350 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5351 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5352 (2) r2 (/32)
5353 ...
5354 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5355 >
5356 @end example
5357 @end deffn
5358
5359 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5360 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5361 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5362 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5363 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5364 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5365 (and enter debug mode).
5366 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5367
5368 @quotation Warning
5369 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5370 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5371 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5372 power mode by gating the core clock;
5373 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5374
5375 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5376 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5377 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5378 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5379 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5380 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5381
5382 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5383 work with a JTAG debugger.
5384 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5385 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5386 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5387 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5388 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5389 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5390 @end quotation
5391
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @deffn Command resume [address]
5395 Resume the target at its current code position,
5396 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5397 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5398 @end deffn
5399
5400 @deffn Command step [address]
5401 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5402 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @anchor{Reset Command}
5406 @deffn Command reset
5407 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5408 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5409 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5410 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5411 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5412 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5413
5414 The optional parameter specifies what should
5415 happen after the reset.
5416 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5417 The other options will not work on all systems.
5418 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5419
5420 @itemize @minus
5421 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5422 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5423 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5424 @end itemize
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5428 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5429 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5430 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5431 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5432 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5433 state.
5434 @end deffn
5435
5436 @section I/O Utilities
5437
5438 These commands are available when
5439 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5440 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5441 notably the ZY1000.
5442 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5443
5444 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5445
5446 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5447 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5448 the text file @file{filename}.
5449 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5450 The last string is followed by a newline.
5451 @end deffn
5452
5453 @deffn Command cat filename
5454 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5455 @end deffn
5456
5457 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5458 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5459 into @file{dest_filename}.
5460 @end deffn
5461
5462 @deffn Command ip
5463 @emph{No description provided.}
5464 @end deffn
5465
5466 @deffn Command ls
5467 @emph{No description provided.}
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @deffn Command mac
5471 @emph{No description provided.}
5472 @end deffn
5473
5474 @deffn Command meminfo
5475 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5476 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5477 @end deffn
5478
5479 @deffn Command peek
5480 @emph{No description provided.}
5481 @end deffn
5482
5483 @deffn Command poke
5484 @emph{No description provided.}
5485 @end deffn
5486
5487 @deffn Command rm filename
5488 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5489 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5490 @end deffn
5491
5492 @deffn Command trunc filename
5493 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5494 @end deffn
5495
5496 @anchor{Memory access}
5497 @section Memory access commands
5498 @cindex memory access
5499
5500 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5501 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5502 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5503 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5504
5505 @enumerate
5506 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5507 to change the current target.
5508 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5509 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5510 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5511 @end enumerate
5512
5513 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5514 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5515 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5516 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5517 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5518 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5519 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5520 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5521 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5522 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5523 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5524 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5525 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5526 @end deffn
5527
5528 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5529 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5530 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5531 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5532 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5533 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5534 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5535 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5536 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5537 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5538 @end deffn
5539
5540
5541 @anchor{Image access}
5542 @section Image loading commands
5543 @cindex image loading
5544 @cindex image dumping
5545
5546 @anchor{dump_image}
5547 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5548 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5549 binary file named @var{filename}.
5550 @end deffn
5551
5552 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5553 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5554 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5555 @end deffn
5556
5557 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5558 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5559 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5560 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5561 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5562 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5563 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5564 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5565 separately.
5566 @end deffn
5567
5568 @anchor{load_image}
5569 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5570 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5571 The file format may optionally be specified
5572 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5573 @end deffn
5574
5575 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5576 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5577 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5578 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5579 The file format may optionally be specified
5580 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5581 @end deffn
5582
5583 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5584 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5585 The file format may optionally be specified
5586 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5587 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590
5591 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5592 @cindex breakpoint
5593 @cindex watchpoint
5594
5595 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5596 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5597 watchpoints.
5598 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5599
5600 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5601 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5602 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5603 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5604 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5605 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5606
5607 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5608 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5609 @end deffn
5610
5611 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5612 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5613 @end deffn
5614
5615 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5616 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5617 @end deffn
5618
5619 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5620 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5621 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5622 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5623 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5624 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5625 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5626 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5627 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5628 @end deffn
5629
5630 @section Misc Commands
5631
5632 @cindex profiling
5633 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5634 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5635 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5636 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639 @deffn Command {version}
5640 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5641 @end deffn
5642
5643 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5644 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5645 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5646 @end deffn
5647
5648 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5649 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5650 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5651 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5652
5653 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5654 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5655 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5656 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5657
5658 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5659 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5660 @cindex tracing
5661 @cindex ETM
5662 @cindex ETB
5663
5664 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5665 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5666 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5667
5668 @itemize
5669 @item
5670 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5671 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5672 supports such an interface.
5673 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5674 and trace port support.)
5675 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5676 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5677 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5678 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5679 in the board-specific configuration file.
5680 @item
5681 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5682 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5683 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5684 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5685 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5686 @end itemize
5687
5688 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5689
5690 @quotation Issues
5691 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5692 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5693
5694 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5695 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5696 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5697 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5698 dummy trace port driver}.
5699
5700 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5701 as well as tracing only during specific states
5702 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5703
5704 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5705 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5706 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5707 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5708 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5709
5710 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5711 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5712 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5713 this original style of JTAG access.
5714 @end quotation
5715
5716 @subsection ETM Configuration
5717 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5718
5719 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5720 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5721 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5722
5723 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5724 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5725 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5726 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5727 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5728 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5729 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5730 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5731 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5732
5733 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5734 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5735 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5736
5737 @quotation Warning
5738 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5739 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5740 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5741 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5742 @end quotation
5743
5744 @quotation Note
5745 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5746 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5747 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5748 what CPU activities are traced.
5749 @end quotation
5750 @end deffn
5751
5752 @deffn Command {etm info}
5753 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5754 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5755 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5756 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5757 @end deffn
5758
5759 @deffn Command {etm status}
5760 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5761 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5762 Did trace data overflow?
5763 Was it triggered?
5764 @end deffn
5765
5766 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5767 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5768 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5769 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5770 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5771
5772 @itemize
5773 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5774 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5775 The value is one of
5776 @option{none} (save nothing),
5777 @option{data} (save data),
5778 @option{address} (save addresses),
5779 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5780 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5781 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5782 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5783 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5784 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5785 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5786 trace stream without an image of the code.
5787 @end itemize
5788 @end deffn
5789
5790 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5791 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5792 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5793 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5794 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5795
5796 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5797 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5798 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5799 @end deffn
5800
5801 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5802
5803 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5804 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5805 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5806
5807 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5808 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5809 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5810 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5811 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5812 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5813 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5814
5815 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5816
5817 @itemize
5818 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5819 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5820 for instruction access within that function's body.
5821 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5822 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5823 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5824 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5825 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5826 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5827 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5828 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5829 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5830 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5831 @item @emph{... more}
5832 @end itemize
5833
5834 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5835 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5836
5837 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5838 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5839 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5840 @end deffn
5841
5842 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5843 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5844 @end deffn
5845
5846 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5847 Opens an image file.
5848 @end deffn
5849
5850 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5851 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5852 @end deffn
5853
5854 @deffn Command {etm start}
5855 Starts trace data collection.
5856 @end deffn
5857
5858 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5859 Stops trace data collection.
5860 @end deffn
5861
5862 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5863 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5864
5865 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5866
5867 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5868 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5869 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5870 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5871 any trace data collection.}
5872 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5873 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5874 @end deffn
5875 @end deffn
5876
5877 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5878 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5879 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5880 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5881 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5882 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5883 @end deffn
5884 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5885 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5886 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5887 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5888 trace trigger becomes active.
5889
5890 @itemize
5891 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5892 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5893 afterwards.
5894 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5895 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5896 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5897 what caused that event to happen.
5898 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5899 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5900 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5901 how the event caused trouble.
5902 @end itemize
5903 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5904 @end deffn
5905
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5909 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5910 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5911 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5912 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5913
5914 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5915 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5916
5917 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5918 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5919 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5920 @end deffn
5921
5922 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5923 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5924 @end deffn
5925
5926 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5927 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5928 @end deffn
5929 @end deffn
5930
5931
5932 @section Generic ARM
5933 @cindex ARM
5934
5935 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5936 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5937 commands that may be available.
5938
5939 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5940 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5941 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5942 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5943 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5944 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5945 @end deffn
5946
5947 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5948 @cindex disassemble
5949 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5950 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5951 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5952 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5953 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5954 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5955 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5956
5957 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5958 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5959 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5960 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5961 with a handful of exceptions.
5962 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5963 @end deffn
5964
5965 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5966 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5967 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5968 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5969 and using the MCR instruction.
5970 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5971 an ARM register.)
5972 @end deffn
5973
5974 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5975 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5976 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5977 and the MRC instruction.
5978 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5979 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5980 an ARM register.)
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5984 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5985 core mode if necessary.
5986 @end deffn
5987
5988 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5989 @cindex ARMv4
5990 @cindex ARMv5
5991
5992 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5993 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5994 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5995 variant.
5996
5997 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5998 @cindex ARM7
5999 @cindex ARM9
6000
6001 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6002 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6003 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6004 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6005
6006 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6007 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6008 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6009 instead of breakpoints.
6010 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6011
6012 This should be
6013 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6014 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6015 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6016 @end deffn
6017
6018 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6019 @cindex DCC
6020 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6021 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6022 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6023
6024 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6025 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6026 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6027 @end deffn
6028
6029 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6030 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6031 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6032 that don't check completion of the operation.
6033 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6034
6035 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6036 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6037 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6038 @end deffn
6039
6040 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6041 @cindex ARM semihosting
6042 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6043
6044 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6045 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6046 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6047 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6048 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6049 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6050 @end deffn
6051
6052 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6053 @cindex ARM720T
6054
6055 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6056 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6057 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6058 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6059
6060 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6061 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6062 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6063
6064 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6065 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6066 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6067 @end deffn
6068
6069 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6070 @cindex ARM9
6071
6072 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6073 integer processors.
6074 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6075
6076 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6077 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6078 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6079 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6080
6081 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6082 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6083 @cindex vector_catch
6084 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6085 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6086 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6087 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6088 to those hardware vectors.
6089
6090 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6091 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6092 vector catch hardware to intercept
6093 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6094 @option{none} of them,
6095 or a list with one or more of the following:
6096 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6097 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6098 @end deffn
6099
6100 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6101 @cindex ARM920T
6102
6103 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6104 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6105 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6106 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6107 and ARM9 commands.
6108
6109 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6110 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6111 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6112 @end deffn
6113
6114 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6115 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6116 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6117 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6118 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6119 (Not all registers can be written.)
6120 @end deffn
6121
6122 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6123 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6124 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6125
6126 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6127 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6128 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6129 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6130 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6131 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6135 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6136 @end deffn
6137
6138 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6139 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6140 @end deffn
6141
6142 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6143 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6144
6145 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6146 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6147 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6148 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6149 and ARM9 commands.
6150
6151 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6152 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6153
6154 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6155 Print information about the caches found.
6156 @end deffn
6157
6158 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6159 @cindex ARM966E
6160
6161 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6162 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6163 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6164 and ARM9 commands.
6165
6166 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6167 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6168 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6169 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6170 ARM966E-S TRM.
6171 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6172 as required for BIST support.
6173 @end deffn
6174
6175 @subsection XScale specific commands
6176 @cindex XScale
6177
6178 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6179
6180 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6181 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6182 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6183 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6184 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6185 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6186 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6187
6188 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6189 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6190 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6191 vector_table} command.
6192
6193 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6194 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6195 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6196 code layout in memory:
6197 @example
6198 _vectors:
6199 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6200 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6201 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6202 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6203 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6204 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6205 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6206 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6207 .org 0x100
6208 .long real_reset_vector
6209 .long real_ui_handler
6210 .long real_swi_handler
6211 .long real_pf_abort
6212 .long real_data_abort
6213 .long 0 /* unused */
6214 .long real_irq_handler
6215 .long real_fiq_handler
6216 @end example
6217
6218 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6219 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6220 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6221 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6222
6223
6224 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6225 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6226
6227 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6228 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6229 @end deffn
6230
6231 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6232 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6233 @end deffn
6234
6235 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6236 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6240 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6241 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6242 @end deffn
6243
6244 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6245 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6246 @end deffn
6247
6248 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6249 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6250 @end deffn
6251
6252 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6253 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6254 @end deffn
6255
6256 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6257 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6258 @end deffn
6259
6260 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6261 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6262 @end deffn
6263
6264 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6265 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6266 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6267 and modifying how it is emptied.
6268 @end deffn
6269
6270 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6271 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6272 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6273 The image @var{type} may be one of
6274 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6275 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6276 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6277 @end deffn
6278
6279 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6280 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6281 @cindex vector_catch
6282 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6283 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6284
6285 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6286 @example
6287 0x01 Trap Reset
6288 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6289 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6290 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6291 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6292 0x20 reserved
6293 0x40 Trap IRQ
6294 0x80 Trap FIQ
6295 @end example
6296 @end deffn
6297
6298 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6299 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6300 @cindex vector_table
6301
6302 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6303 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6304 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6305 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6306 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6307
6308 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6309
6310 @end deffn
6311
6312 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6313 @cindex ARMv6
6314
6315 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6316 @cindex ARM11
6317
6318 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6319 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6320 which is enabled by default.
6321 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6322 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6323 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6324 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6325 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6326 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6327 @end deffn
6328
6329 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6330 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6331 which is enabled by default.
6332 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6333 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6334 @end deffn
6335
6336 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6337 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6338 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6339 they are disabled by default.
6340 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6344 @cindex vector_catch
6345 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6346 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6347 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6348
6349 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6350 for certain hardware events.
6351 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6352 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6353 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6354 @end deffn
6355
6356 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6357 @cindex ARMv7
6358
6359 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6360 @cindex Debug Access Port
6361 @cindex DAP
6362 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6363 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6364 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6365
6366 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6367 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6368 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6369 @end deffn
6370
6371 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6372 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6373 @end deffn
6374
6375 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6376 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6377 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6378 @end deffn
6379
6380 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6381 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6382 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6383 @end deffn
6384
6385 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6386 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6387 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6388 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6389 @end deffn
6390
6391 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6392 @cindex Cortex-M3
6393
6394 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6395 @cindex disassemble
6396 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6397 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6398 @end deffn
6399
6400 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6401 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6402 @end deffn
6403
6404 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6405 @cindex vector_catch
6406 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6407 for certain hardware events.
6408
6409 Parameters request interception of
6410 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6411 @option{none} of them,
6412 or one or more of the following:
6413 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6414 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6415 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6416 @option{irq_err},
6417 @option{state_err},
6418 @option{chk_err}, or
6419 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6420 @option{reset}.
6421 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6422 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6423 are mapped to HardFault.
6424 UsageFault checks for
6425 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6426 must also be explicitly enabled.
6427
6428 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6429 @end deffn
6430
6431 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6432 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6433 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6434 @cindex tracing
6435 @cindex libdcc
6436 @cindex DCC
6437 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6438 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6439 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6440 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6441
6442 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6443 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6444 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6445 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6446 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6447 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6448
6449 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6450 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6451 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6452 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6453 The target being debugged may
6454 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6455 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6456 each supported by a command:
6457
6458 @itemize
6459 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6460 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6461 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6462 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6463
6464 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6465 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6466 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6467
6468 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6469 and then displayed at any time.
6470 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6471
6472 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6473 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6474 @end itemize
6475
6476 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6477 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6478 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6479 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6480 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6481 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6482 does the same thing.
6483
6484 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6485 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6486 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6487 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6488 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6489
6490 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6491 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6492 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6493 @end deffn
6494
6495 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6496 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6497 in the order they triggered.
6498 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6499 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6500 history records.
6501 @end deffn
6502
6503 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6504 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6505 they have been triggered.
6506 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6507 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6508 and associates it with that identifier.
6509
6510 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6511 are not related except by this command.
6512 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6513 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6514 @end deffn
6515
6516
6517 @node JTAG Commands
6518 @chapter JTAG Commands
6519 @cindex JTAG Commands
6520 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6521 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6522 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6523 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6524 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6525
6526 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6527 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6528
6529 @itemize @bullet
6530 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6531 devices such as a CPUs.
6532 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6533 standard state machine (in parallel)
6534 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6535 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6536 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6537 while the reading previous ones.
6538 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6539 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6540 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6541 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6542 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6543 registers.
6544 @end itemize
6545
6546 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6547
6548 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6549 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6550 the order of TAP state transitions.
6551 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6552 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6553 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6554
6555 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6556 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6557 that specify the entire register.
6558 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6559 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6560 The return value holds the original value of each
6561 of those fields.
6562
6563 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6564 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6565 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6566 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6567 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6568
6569 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6570 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6571
6572 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6573 in that state.
6574 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6575 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6576 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6577
6578 @quotation Warning
6579 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6580 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6581 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6582 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6583 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6584 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6585 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6586 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6587 @end quotation
6588 @end deffn
6589
6590 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6591 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6592 This may be used for performance tuning.
6593
6594 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6595 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6596 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6597 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6598 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6599 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6600 @end deffn
6601
6602 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6603 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6604 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6605 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6606 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6607 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6608
6609 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6610 in that state.
6611 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6612 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6613 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6614
6615 @quotation Note
6616 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6617 register values, unlike data register values.
6618 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6619 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6620 @end quotation
6621 @end deffn
6622
6623 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6624 Set values of reset signals.
6625 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6626 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6627 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6628 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6629 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6630 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6631 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6632
6633 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6634 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6635 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6636 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6637 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6638 instead of the TRST signal.
6639 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6640 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6641 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6642 with handlers for that event.
6643 @end deffn
6644
6645 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6646 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6647 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6648 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6649 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6650 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6651 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6652 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6653 The final state must also be stable.
6654 @end deffn
6655
6656 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6657 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6658 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6659 Instructions often need some time
6660 to execute before they take effect.
6661 @end deffn
6662
6663 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6664 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6665
6666 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6667 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6668 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6669 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6670 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6671 @end deffn
6672
6673 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6674 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6675 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6676 must also be enabled.
6677 Default is enabled.
6678 @end deffn
6679
6680 @section TAP state names
6681 @cindex TAP state names
6682
6683 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6684 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6685 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6686 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6687
6688 @itemize @bullet
6689 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6690 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6691 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6692 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6693 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6694 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6695 through the data register
6696 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6697 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6698 for update or more shifting
6699 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6700 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6701 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6702 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6703 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6704 through the instruction register
6705 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6706 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6707 for update or more shifting
6708 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6709 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6710 @end itemize
6711
6712 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6713 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6714 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6715 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6716
6717 @itemize @bullet
6718 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6719 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6720 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6721 may not be as expected.
6722 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6723 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6724 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6725 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6726 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6727 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6728 @end itemize
6729
6730 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6731 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6732
6733 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6734 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6735 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6736 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6737
6738 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6739 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6740 @cindex SVF
6741
6742 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6743 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6744 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6745
6746 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6747 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6748 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6749 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6750 each command is logged before it is executed.
6751 @end deffn
6752
6753 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6754 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6755 @cindex XSVF
6756
6757 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6758 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6759 Xilinx devices.
6760 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6761
6762 @quotation Important
6763 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6764 @end quotation
6765
6766 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6767 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6768 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6769 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6770 that TAP.
6771 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6772 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6773 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6774 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6775 @end deffn
6776
6777 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6778 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6779 after building the software.
6780 You may find them useful:
6781
6782 @itemize
6783 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6784 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6785 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6786 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6787 @end itemize
6788
6789 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6790 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6791 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6792 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6793 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6794 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6795 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6796
6797
6798 @node TFTP
6799 @chapter TFTP
6800 @cindex TFTP
6801 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6802 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6803
6804 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6805 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6806 server (tftpd). For example,
6807
6808 @example
6809 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6810 @end example
6811
6812 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6813 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6814
6815 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6816 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6817 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6818 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6819
6820 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6821 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6822 @cindex GDB
6823 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6824 to debug remote targets.
6825 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6826
6827 @itemize
6828 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6829 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6830 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6831 as shown in this chapter.
6832 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6833 that also will probably need to be configured.
6834 @end itemize
6835
6836 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6837 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6838 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6839 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6840 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6841 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6842
6843 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6844 @section Connecting to GDB
6845 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6846 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6847 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6848 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6849 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6850
6851 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6852
6853 @enumerate
6854 @item
6855 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6856 @example
6857 target remote localhost:3333
6858 @end example
6859 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6860 @item
6861 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6862 @example
6863 target remote | openocd --pipe
6864 @end example
6865 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6866 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6867 session.
6868 @end enumerate
6869
6870 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6871 GDB command line.
6872
6873 @section Sample GDB session startup
6874
6875 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6876 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6877 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6878 small ARM program.
6879 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6880 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6881
6882 @example
6883 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6884 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6885 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6886 ...
6887 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6888 ...
6889 (gdb) load
6890 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6891 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6892 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6893 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6894 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6895 (gdb) continue
6896 Continuing.
6897 ...
6898 @end example
6899
6900 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6901 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6902 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6903 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6904
6905 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6906
6907 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6908 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6909 packet size and the device's memory map.
6910 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6911 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6912 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6913
6914 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6915 You may need to set those up by hand.
6916 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6917 something like:
6918
6919 @example
6920 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6921 @end example
6922
6923 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6924
6925 @example
6926 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6927 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6928 @end example
6929
6930 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6931 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6932 do not have such restrictions.
6933
6934 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6935 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6936 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6937
6938 @example
6939 define hook-step
6940 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6941 end
6942 define hookpost-step
6943 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6944 end
6945 @end example
6946
6947 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6948 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6949 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6950 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6951
6952 @section Programming using GDB
6953 @cindex Programming using GDB
6954
6955 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6956 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6957 @example
6958 gdb_memory_map disable
6959 @end example
6960 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6961 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6962 working area.
6963
6964 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6965 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6966 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6967 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6968
6969 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6970 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6971
6972 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6973 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6974 @example
6975 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6976 @end example
6977
6978 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6979 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6980
6981 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6982 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6983 will be used.
6984
6985 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6986 script can be executed:
6987 @example
6988 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6989 @end example
6990
6991 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6992 can be used.
6993
6994 @node Tcl Scripting API
6995 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6996 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6997 @cindex Tcl scripts
6998 @section API rules
6999
7000 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7001 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7002 information as an argument to each proc.
7003
7004 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7005 pair list and lists.
7006
7007 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7008 list.
7009
7010 @verbatim
7011
7012 > set foo(me) Duane
7013 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7014 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7015 > set foo(duck) Donald
7016
7017 If one does this:
7018
7019 > set foo
7020
7021 The result is:
7022
7023 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7024
7025 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7026
7027 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7028 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7029 }
7030 @end verbatim
7031
7032 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7033 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7034
7035 @section Internal low-level Commands
7036
7037 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7038
7039 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7040 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7041 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7042
7043 @itemize @bullet
7044 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7045
7046 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7047 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7048
7049 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7050 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7051
7052 Return information about the flash banks
7053 @end itemize
7054
7055 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7056 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7057 called "flash_banks".
7058
7059 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7060
7061 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7062 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7063 holds one of the following values:
7064
7065 @itemize @bullet
7066 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7067 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7068 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7069 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7070 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7071 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7072 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7073 @end itemize
7074
7075 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7076
7077 @quotation Note
7078 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7079 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7080 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7081 is jim, not real tcl).
7082 @end quotation
7083
7084 @node FAQ
7085 @chapter FAQ
7086 @cindex faq
7087 @enumerate
7088 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7089 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7090 @cindex RTCK
7091 @cindex adaptive clocking
7092 @*
7093
7094 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7095 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7096 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7097 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7098
7099 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7100 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7101 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7102 @enumerate
7103 @item
7104 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7105 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7106 @item
7107 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7108 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7109 @end enumerate
7110
7111 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7112 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7113 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7114 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7115 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7116 power).
7117
7118 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7119 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7120 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7121 ARM926 scenario).
7122 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7123 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7124 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7125
7126 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7127 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7128 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7129 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7130
7131 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7132
7133 In order to make use of this,
7134 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7135 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7136
7137 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7138 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7139 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7140 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7141 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7142
7143 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7144 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7145 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7146 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7147
7148 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7149 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7150 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7151 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7152 with a CPLD.
7153 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7154 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7155 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7156 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7157 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7158 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7159
7160 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7161
7162 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7163
7164 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7165 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7166 depending on the chips on your board.
7167 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7168 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7169 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7170
7171 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7172
7173 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7174 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7175 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7176 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7177
7178 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7179 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7180 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7181 this way.
7182
7183 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7184 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7185 clock rate.
7186 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7187 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7188 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7189
7190 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7191
7192 @example
7193 # Example: 1.234MHz
7194 jtag_khz 1234
7195 @end example
7196
7197
7198 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7199
7200 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7201 around Windows filenames.
7202
7203 @example
7204 > echo \a
7205
7206 > echo @{\a@}
7207 \a
7208 > echo "\a"
7209
7210 >
7211 @end example
7212
7213
7214 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7215
7216 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7217 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7218 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7219
7220 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7221 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7222 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7223
7224 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7225 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7226 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7227
7228 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7229
7230 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7231 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7232 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7233 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7234
7235 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7236 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7237 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7238
7239 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7240 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7241
7242 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7243 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7244 memory read caused data abort".
7245
7246 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7247 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7248 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7249 be done, feel free to add this here.
7250
7251 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7252 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7253 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7254 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7255 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7256 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7257 gracefully stops.
7258
7259 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7260 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7261 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7262
7263 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7264 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7265 bytes. Painful...
7266
7267
7268 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7269 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7270
7271 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7272 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7273 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7274 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7275 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7276 reset, everything else should work fine.
7277
7278 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7279 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7280 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7281 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7282
7283 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7284 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7285 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7286 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7287
7288 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7289
7290 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7291 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7292 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7293 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7294
7295 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7296 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7297 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7298 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7299
7300 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7301 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7302 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7303
7304 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7305 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7306
7307 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7308 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7309 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7310 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7311 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7312 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7313 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7314 clock frequency?
7315
7316 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7317 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7318 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7319 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7320 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7321
7322 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7323
7324 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7325 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7326 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7327 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7328 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7329 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7330 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7331
7332 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7333
7334 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7335 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7336 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7337 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7338
7339 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7340 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7341 particular order?
7342
7343 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7344 the same order used by the hardware.
7345
7346 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7347 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7348 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7349 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7350 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7351 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7352
7353 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7354 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7355 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7356 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7357
7358 @itemize @bullet
7359 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7360 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7361 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7362 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7363 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7364 @end itemize
7365
7366 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7367
7368 @itemize @bullet
7369 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7370 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7371 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7372 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7373 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7374 @end itemize
7375
7376
7377 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7378 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7379 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7380
7381 TODO.
7382
7383 @end enumerate
7384
7385 @node Tcl Crash Course
7386 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7387 @cindex Tcl
7388
7389 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7390 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7391 how the Tcl scripts work.
7392
7393 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7394 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7395 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7396 OpenOCD.
7397
7398 @section Tcl Rule #1
7399 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7400 @enumerate
7401 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7402 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7403 @end enumerate
7404
7405 The Tcl equal is this:
7406
7407 @enumerate
7408 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7409 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7410 @end enumerate
7411
7412 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7413 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7414
7415 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7416 There is a second pair of rules.
7417 @enumerate
7418 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7419 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7420 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7421 in Tcl.
7422 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7423 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7424 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7425 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7426 @end enumerate
7427
7428 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7429 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7430 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7431 Everything is a string}
7432
7433 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7434 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7435 difference is subtle.
7436 @enumerate
7437 @item Parse Time
7438 @item Evaluation Time
7439 @end enumerate
7440
7441 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7442 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7443 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7444
7445 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7446 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7447 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7448 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7449
7450 @itemize @bullet
7451 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7452 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7453 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7454 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7455 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7456 @example
7457 # bash example
7458 X=`date`
7459 echo "The Date is: $X"
7460 # Tcl example
7461 set X [date]
7462 puts "The Date is: $X"
7463 @end example
7464 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7465 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7466 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7467 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7468 is a string}
7469 @example
7470 set x "Dinner"
7471 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7472 @end example
7473 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7474 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7475 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7476 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7477 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7478 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7479 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7480 @end itemize
7481
7482 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7483
7484 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7485
7486 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7487
7488 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7489 the normal way.
7490
7491 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7492 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7493 line is immedatly executed.
7494
7495 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7496 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7497
7498 @subsection Command Execution
7499
7500 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7501 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7502 control flow operators.
7503
7504 Commands are executed like this:
7505
7506 @enumerate
7507 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7508 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7509 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7510 @end enumerate
7511
7512 It sort of works like this:
7513 @example
7514 for(;;)@{
7515 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7516
7517 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7518
7519 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7520 @}
7521 @end example
7522
7523 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7524 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7525 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7526 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7527 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7528 ``LookupCommand()''
7529
7530 @subsection The FOR command
7531
7532 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7533 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7534 command just like any other command.
7535
7536 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7537 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7538 are:
7539
7540 @enumerate 0
7541 @item The ascii text 'for'
7542 @item The start text
7543 @item The test expression
7544 @item The next text
7545 @item The body text
7546 @end enumerate
7547
7548 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7549 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7550 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7551 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7552
7553 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7554 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7555
7556 @example
7557 int
7558 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7559 int *argc,
7560 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7561 @end example
7562
7563 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7564 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7565 still operates in the same basic way.
7566
7567 @subsection FOR command implementation
7568
7569 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7570 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7571
7572 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7573
7574 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7575
7576 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7577 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7578 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7579
7580 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7581 expression and returns a value.
7582
7583 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7584 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7585 @example
7586 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7587
7588 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7589
7590 int
7591 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7592 int argc,
7593 char **argv )
7594 @{
7595 if( argc != 5 )@{
7596 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7597 return ERROR;
7598 @}
7599
7600 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7601
7602 // Execute the start statement.
7603 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7604
7605 // Top of loop test
7606 for(;;)@{
7607 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7608 if( i == 0 )
7609 break;
7610
7611 // Execute the body
7612 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7613
7614 // Execute the LOOP part
7615 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7616 @}
7617
7618 // Return no error
7619 SetResult( interp, "" );
7620 return SUCCESS;
7621 @}
7622 @end example
7623
7624 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7625 in the same basic way.
7626
7627 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7628
7629 @subsection source and find commands
7630 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7631 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7632 @*Remember the parsing rules
7633 @enumerate
7634 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7635 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7636 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7637 substituted on the orginal command line.
7638 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7639 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7640 @end enumerate
7641 @subsection format command
7642 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7643 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7644 @b{sprintf()}.
7645 @b{Example}
7646 @example
7647 set x 6
7648 set y 7
7649 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7650 @end example
7651 @enumerate
7652 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7653 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7654 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7655 @* Refer to Rule #1
7656 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7657 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7658 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7659 @end enumerate
7660 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7661 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7662 @example
7663 #1 Good
7664 proc someproc @{@} @{
7665 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7666 @}
7667 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7668 #2 Good - no variables
7669 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7670 #3 Good Curly Braces
7671 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7672 puts "Time: [date]"
7673 @}
7674 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7675 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7676 @end example
7677 @enumerate
7678 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7679 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7680 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7681 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7682 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7683 command.
7684 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7685 @*There are 4 examples:
7686 @enumerate
7687 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7688 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7689 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7690 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7691 @end enumerate
7692
7693 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7694 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7695 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7696
7697 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7698 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7699 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7700 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7701 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7702 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7703 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7704 @end enumerate
7705 @subsection Global Variables
7706 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7707 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7708 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7709 @example
7710 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7711 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7712 global x #Global variable X
7713 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7714 @}
7715 @end example
7716 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7717 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7718 @example
7719 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7720 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7721 # Create var name
7722 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7723 # Make it a global
7724 global $vn
7725 # Set it.
7726 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7727 @}
7728 @end example
7729 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7730 @example
7731 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7732 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7733 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7734 @}
7735 @end example
7736
7737 @include fdl.texi
7738
7739 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7740 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7741 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7742 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7743 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7744 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7745
7746 @printindex cp
7747
7748 @node Command and Driver Index
7749 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7750 @printindex fn
7751
7752 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)